1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occur. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 198 * not present. 199 * 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 207 * 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 211 */ 212 213 /** 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 215 * 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 231 * 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 234 * up a connection or after roaming. 235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 241 * 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In 256 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using 257 * %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD. 258 */ 259 260 /** 261 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 262 * 263 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 264 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 265 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 266 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 267 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 268 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 269 * that main netdev. 270 * 271 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 272 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 273 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 274 */ 275 276 /** 277 * DOC: TID configuration 278 * 279 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 280 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 281 * 282 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 283 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 284 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 285 * 286 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 287 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 288 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 289 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if 290 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values 291 * will be overwritten. 292 * 293 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection 294 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 295 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 296 * the interface goes down. 297 */ 298 299 /** 300 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 301 * 302 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 303 * 304 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 305 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 306 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 307 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 308 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 309 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 310 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 311 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 312 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 313 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 314 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 315 * compatibility only. 316 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 317 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 319 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 321 * 322 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 323 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 324 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 325 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 326 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 327 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 328 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 329 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 330 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 331 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 332 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 333 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 334 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 335 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 336 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 337 * 338 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 339 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 340 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 341 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 342 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 343 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 344 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 345 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 346 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 347 * 348 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 349 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 350 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 351 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 352 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 353 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 354 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 355 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 356 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 357 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 358 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 359 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 360 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 361 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 362 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 363 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 364 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 365 * attributes determining channel width. 366 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 367 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 368 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 369 * 370 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 371 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 373 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 374 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 375 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 376 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 377 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 378 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 379 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 380 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 381 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 382 * frame). 383 * 384 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 385 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 386 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 387 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 388 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 389 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 390 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 391 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 392 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 393 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 394 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 395 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 396 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 397 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 398 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 399 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 400 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 401 * 402 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 403 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 404 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 405 * global regdomain will be returned. 406 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 407 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 408 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 409 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 410 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 411 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 412 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 413 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 414 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 415 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 416 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 417 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 418 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 419 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 420 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 421 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 422 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 423 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 424 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 425 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 426 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 427 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 428 * 429 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 430 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 431 * 432 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 433 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 434 * 435 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 436 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 437 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 438 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 439 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 440 * added to all specified management frames generated by 441 * kernel/firmware/driver. 442 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 443 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 444 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 445 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 446 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 447 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 448 * 449 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 450 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 451 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 452 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 453 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 454 * be used. 455 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 456 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 457 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 458 * partial scan results may be available 459 * 460 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 461 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 462 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 463 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 464 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 465 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 466 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 467 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 468 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 469 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 470 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 471 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 472 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 473 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 474 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 475 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 476 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 477 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 478 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 479 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 480 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 481 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 482 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 483 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 484 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 485 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 486 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 487 * results available. 488 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 489 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 490 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 491 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 492 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 493 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 494 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 495 * 496 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 497 * or noise level 498 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 499 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 500 * 501 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 502 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 503 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 504 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 505 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 506 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 507 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 508 * ESS. 509 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 510 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 511 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 512 * authentication. 513 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 514 * 515 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 516 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 517 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 518 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 519 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 520 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 521 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 522 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 523 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 524 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 525 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 526 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 527 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 528 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 529 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 530 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 531 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 532 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 533 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 534 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 535 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 536 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 537 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 538 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 539 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 540 * the beacon hint was processed. 541 * 542 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 543 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 544 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 545 * authentication process. 546 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 547 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 548 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 549 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 550 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 551 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the 552 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 553 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 554 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 555 * to the frame. 556 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 557 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 558 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 559 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 560 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 561 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 562 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 563 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 564 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 565 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 566 * pending authentication timed out). 567 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 568 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 569 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 570 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 571 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 572 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 573 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 574 * included). 575 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 576 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 577 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 578 * primitives). 579 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 580 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 581 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 582 * 583 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 584 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 585 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 586 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 587 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 588 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 589 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 590 * 591 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 592 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 593 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 594 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 595 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 596 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 597 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 598 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 599 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 600 * determined by the network interface. 601 * 602 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 603 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 604 * to the driver. 605 * 606 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 607 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 608 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 609 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 610 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 611 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 612 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 613 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 614 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 615 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 616 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 617 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 618 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 619 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 620 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 621 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 622 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 623 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 624 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 625 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 626 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 627 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 628 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 629 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 630 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 631 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 632 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 633 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 634 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 635 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 636 * a different BSS is desired. 637 * Background scan period can optionally be 638 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 639 * if not specified default background scan configuration 640 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 641 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 642 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 643 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 644 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 645 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 646 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 647 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 648 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 649 * well to remain backwards compatible. 650 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way 651 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when 652 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully. 653 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 654 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if 655 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way 656 * handshake), this event should be followed by an 657 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 658 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 659 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 660 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 661 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 662 * 663 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 664 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 665 * 666 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 667 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 668 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 669 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 670 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 671 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 672 * frequency for the operation. 673 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 674 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 675 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 676 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 677 * radio). 678 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 679 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 680 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 681 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 682 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 683 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 684 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 685 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 686 * uniquely identify the request. 687 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 688 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 689 * 690 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 691 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 692 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 693 * 694 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 695 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 696 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 697 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 698 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 699 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 700 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 701 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 702 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 703 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 704 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 705 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 706 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 707 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 708 * backward compatibility 709 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 710 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 711 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 712 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 713 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 714 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 715 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 716 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 717 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 718 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 719 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 720 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 721 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 722 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 723 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 724 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 725 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 726 * is used during CSA period. 727 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 728 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 729 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 730 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 731 * wait time. 732 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 733 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 734 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 735 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 736 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 737 * the frame. 738 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 739 * backward compatibility. 740 * 741 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 742 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 743 * 744 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 745 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 746 * levels. 747 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 748 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 749 * reached. 750 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 751 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 752 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 753 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 754 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 755 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 756 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 757 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 758 * precedence when they are used. 759 * 760 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. 761 * 762 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 763 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 764 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 765 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 766 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 767 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 768 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 769 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 770 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 771 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 772 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 773 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 774 * command, the feature is disabled. 775 * 776 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 777 * mesh config parameters may be given. 778 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 779 * network is determined by the network interface. 780 * 781 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 782 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 783 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 784 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 785 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 786 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 787 * 788 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 789 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 790 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 791 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 792 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 793 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 794 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 795 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 796 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 797 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 798 * depending on the authentication result. 799 * 800 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 801 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 802 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 803 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 804 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 805 * more background information, see 806 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 807 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 808 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 809 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 810 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 811 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 812 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 813 * 814 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 815 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 816 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 817 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 818 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 819 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 820 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 821 * 822 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 823 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 824 * 825 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 826 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 827 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 828 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 829 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 830 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 831 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 832 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 833 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 834 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 835 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 836 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 837 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 838 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 839 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 840 * 841 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 842 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 843 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 844 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 845 * is received. 846 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 847 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 848 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 849 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 850 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 851 * 852 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 853 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 854 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 855 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 856 * 857 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 858 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 859 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 860 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 861 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 862 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 863 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 864 * 865 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 866 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 867 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 868 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 869 * 870 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 871 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 872 * 873 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 874 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 875 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 876 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 877 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 878 * from the remote AP) is completed; 879 * 880 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 881 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 882 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 883 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 884 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 885 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 886 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 887 * interfaces to change channel as well. 888 * 889 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 890 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 891 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 892 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 893 * public action frame TX. 894 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 895 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 896 * 897 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 898 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 899 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 900 * is used for this. 901 * 902 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 903 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 904 * 905 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 906 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 907 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 908 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 909 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 910 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 911 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 912 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 913 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 914 * 915 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 916 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 917 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 918 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 919 * while operating on this channel. 920 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 921 * event. 922 * 923 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 924 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 925 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 926 * 927 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 928 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 929 * 930 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 931 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 932 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 933 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 934 * 935 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 936 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 937 * complete. 938 * 939 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 940 * return back to normal. 941 * 942 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 943 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 944 * 945 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 946 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 947 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 948 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 949 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 950 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 951 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 952 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 953 * switch is complete. 954 * 955 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 956 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 957 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 958 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 959 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 960 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 961 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 962 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 963 * 964 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 965 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 966 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 967 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 968 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 969 * 970 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 971 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 972 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 973 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 974 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 975 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 976 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 977 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 978 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 979 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 980 * fail even if the check was successful. 981 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 982 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 983 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 984 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 985 * 986 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 987 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 988 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 989 * 990 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 991 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 992 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 993 * network is determined by the network interface. 994 * 995 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 996 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 997 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 998 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 999 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1000 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1001 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1002 * AP. 1003 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1004 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1005 * when this command completes. 1006 * 1007 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1008 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1009 * management. 1010 * 1011 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1012 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1013 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1014 * 1015 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1016 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1017 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1018 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1019 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1020 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1021 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1022 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1023 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 1024 * added. 1025 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1026 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1027 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1028 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1029 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1030 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1031 * of the function upon success. 1032 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1033 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1034 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1035 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1036 * which just terminated. 1037 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1038 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1039 * the response to this command. 1040 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1041 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1042 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1043 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1044 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1045 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1046 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1047 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1048 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1049 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1050 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1051 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1052 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1053 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1054 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1055 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1056 * 1057 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1058 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1059 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1060 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1061 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1062 * 1063 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1064 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1065 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1066 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1067 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1068 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1069 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1070 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way 1071 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is 1072 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake 1073 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with 1074 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed 1075 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead. 1076 * 1077 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1078 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1079 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1080 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1081 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1082 * 802.11 headers. 1083 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1084 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1085 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1086 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1087 * 1088 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1089 * 1090 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1091 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1092 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1093 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1094 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1095 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1096 * 1097 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1098 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1099 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1100 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1101 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1102 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1103 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1104 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1105 * command interface. 1106 * 1107 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1108 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1109 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1110 * 1111 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1112 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1113 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1114 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1115 * 1116 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1117 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1118 * 1119 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1120 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1121 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1122 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1123 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1124 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1125 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1126 * the netlink extended ack message. 1127 * 1128 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1129 * 1130 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1131 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1132 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1133 * buffer size. 1134 * 1135 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1136 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1137 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1138 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1139 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1140 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1141 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1142 * 1143 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1144 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1145 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1146 * determining the width and type. 1147 * 1148 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1149 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1150 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1151 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1152 * 1153 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1154 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1155 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1156 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1157 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1158 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1159 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1160 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1161 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1162 * rate selection. 1163 * 1164 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1165 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1166 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1167 * 1168 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1169 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1170 * 1171 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1172 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1173 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1174 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1175 * 1176 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1177 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1178 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1179 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1180 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1181 * 1182 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1183 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1184 */ 1185 enum nl80211_commands { 1186 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1187 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1188 1189 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1190 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1191 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1192 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1193 1194 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1195 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1196 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1197 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1198 1199 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1200 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1201 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1202 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1203 1204 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1205 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1206 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1207 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1208 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1209 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1210 1211 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1212 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1213 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1214 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1215 1216 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1217 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1218 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1219 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1220 1221 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1222 1223 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1224 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1225 1226 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1227 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1228 1229 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1230 1231 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1232 1233 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1234 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1235 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1236 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1237 1238 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1239 1240 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1241 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1242 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1243 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1244 1245 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1246 1247 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1248 1249 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1250 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1251 1252 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1253 1254 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1255 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1256 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1257 1258 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1259 1260 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1261 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1262 1263 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1264 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1265 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1266 1267 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1268 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1269 1270 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1271 1272 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1273 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1274 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1275 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1276 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1277 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1278 1279 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1280 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1281 1282 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1283 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1284 1285 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1286 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1287 1288 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1289 1290 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1291 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1292 1293 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1294 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1295 1296 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1297 1298 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1299 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1300 1301 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1302 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1303 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1304 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1305 1306 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1307 1308 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1309 1310 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1311 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1312 1313 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1314 1315 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1316 1317 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1318 1319 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1320 1321 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1322 1323 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1324 1325 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1326 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1327 1328 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1329 1330 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1331 1332 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1333 1334 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1335 1336 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1337 1338 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1339 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1340 1341 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1342 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1343 1344 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1345 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1346 1347 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1348 1349 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1350 1351 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1352 1353 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1354 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1355 1356 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1357 1358 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1359 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1360 1361 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1362 1363 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1364 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1365 1366 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1367 1368 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1369 1370 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1371 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1372 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1373 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1374 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1375 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1376 1377 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1378 1379 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1380 1381 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1382 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1383 1384 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1385 1386 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1387 1388 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1389 1390 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1391 1392 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1393 1394 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1395 1396 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1397 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1398 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1399 1400 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1401 1402 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1403 1404 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1405 1406 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1407 1408 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1409 1410 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1411 1412 /* add new commands above here */ 1413 1414 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1415 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1416 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1417 }; 1418 1419 /* 1420 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1421 * here 1422 */ 1423 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1424 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1425 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1426 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1427 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1428 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1429 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1430 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1431 1432 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1433 1434 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1435 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1436 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1437 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1438 1439 /** 1440 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1441 * 1442 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1443 * 1444 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1445 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1446 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1448 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1449 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1450 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1451 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1452 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1453 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1454 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1455 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1457 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1458 * operating channel center frequency. 1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1460 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1461 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1462 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1463 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1464 * this attribute) 1465 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1466 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1467 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1468 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1469 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1470 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1471 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1472 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1473 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1474 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1475 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1476 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1477 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1478 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1479 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1480 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1481 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1482 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1483 * 1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1485 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1487 * 1488 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1489 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1490 * 1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1492 * 1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1494 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1495 * keys 1496 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1497 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1498 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1499 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1500 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1501 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1503 * default management key 1504 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1505 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1506 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1507 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1508 * 1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1510 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1511 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1513 * 1514 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1516 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1518 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1519 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1520 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1521 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1523 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1524 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1525 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1526 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1527 * 1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1529 * consisting of a nested array. 1530 * 1531 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1532 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1533 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1534 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1535 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1536 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1537 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1538 * 1539 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1540 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1541 * 1542 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1543 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1544 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1545 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1546 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1547 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1548 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1549 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1550 * to a specific alpha2. 1551 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1552 * rules. 1553 * 1554 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1555 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1556 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1558 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1560 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1561 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1562 * 1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1564 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1565 * 1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1567 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1568 * of the interface mode. 1569 * 1570 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1571 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1572 * 1573 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1574 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1575 * 1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1577 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1578 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1579 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1580 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1581 * that can be added to a scan request 1582 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1583 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1585 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1586 * 1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1589 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1591 * 1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1593 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1595 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1596 * 1597 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1598 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1599 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1600 * 1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1602 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1603 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1605 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1606 * represented as a u32 1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1608 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1609 * 1610 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1611 * a u32 1612 * 1613 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1614 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1615 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1616 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1617 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1618 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1619 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1620 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1621 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1622 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1623 * 1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1625 * cipher suites 1626 * 1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1628 * for other networks on different channels 1629 * 1630 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1631 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1632 * 1633 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1634 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1635 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1636 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1637 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1638 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1639 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1640 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1641 * 1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1643 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1644 * 1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1646 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1647 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1648 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1649 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1650 * default in station mode. 1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1652 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1653 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1654 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1655 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1656 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1658 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1659 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1660 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1661 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1662 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1663 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1664 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1665 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1666 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1667 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1668 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1669 * frames are not forwared over the control port. 1670 * 1671 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1672 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1673 * 1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1675 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1676 * a local disconnect request. 1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1678 * event (u16) 1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1680 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1681 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1682 * 1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1684 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1685 * (an array of u32). 1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1687 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1688 * u32). 1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1690 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1691 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1693 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1694 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1695 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1696 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1697 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1698 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1699 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1700 * 1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1702 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1704 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1705 * 1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1707 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1708 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1709 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1710 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1711 * 1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1713 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1715 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1716 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1717 * 1718 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1719 * 1720 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1721 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1722 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1723 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1724 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1725 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1726 * completely from scratch. 1727 * 1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1729 * 1730 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1731 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1732 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1733 * 1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1735 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1736 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1737 * 1738 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1740 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1741 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1742 * 1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1744 * 1745 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1746 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1747 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1748 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1749 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1750 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1751 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1752 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1753 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1754 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1755 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and 1756 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. 1757 * 1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1759 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1761 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1762 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1763 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1764 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1765 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1767 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1768 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1769 * 1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1771 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1772 * 1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1774 * 1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1776 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1777 * 1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1779 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1780 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1781 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1782 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1783 * 1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1785 * connected to this BSS. 1786 * 1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1788 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1789 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1790 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1791 * for non-automatic settings. 1792 * 1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1794 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1795 * 1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1797 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1798 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1799 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1800 * 1801 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1802 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1803 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1804 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1805 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1806 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1807 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1808 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1809 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1810 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1811 * 1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1813 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1814 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1815 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1816 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1817 * 1818 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1819 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1820 * 1821 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1822 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1823 * 1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1825 * 1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1827 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1828 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1829 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1830 * nl80211 capability flag. 1831 * 1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1833 * 1834 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1835 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1836 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1837 * 1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1839 * changed once the mesh is active. 1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1841 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1843 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1844 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1846 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1847 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1848 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1849 * 1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1851 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1852 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1853 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1854 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1855 * triggers. 1856 * 1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1858 * cycles, in msecs. 1859 * 1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1861 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1862 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1863 * pass-thru filter rules. 1864 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1865 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1866 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1867 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1868 * able to ignore them by itself. 1869 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1870 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1871 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1872 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1873 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1874 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1875 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1876 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 1877 * 1878 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1879 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1880 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1881 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1882 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1883 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1884 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1885 * 1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1887 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1888 * 1889 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1890 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1891 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1892 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1893 * 1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1895 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1896 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1897 * 1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1899 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1900 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1901 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1902 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1903 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1904 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1905 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1906 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1907 * 1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1909 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1911 * as AP. 1912 * 1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1914 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1915 * 1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1917 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1918 * 1919 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1920 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1921 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1922 * applications use this attribute. 1923 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1924 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1925 * 1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1927 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1928 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1929 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1930 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1931 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1932 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1934 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1936 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1937 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1938 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1939 * 1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1941 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1942 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1943 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1944 * 1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1946 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1947 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1948 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1949 * 1950 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1951 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1953 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1954 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1955 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1956 * 1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1958 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1959 * to be filled by the FW. 1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1961 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1962 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1963 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1964 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1965 * The values that may be configured are: 1966 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1967 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1968 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1969 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1970 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1971 * 1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1973 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1974 * to one DFS region. 1975 * 1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1977 * up to 16 TIDs. 1978 * 1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1980 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1981 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 1982 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1983 * capability to timeout the stations. 1984 * 1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1986 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1987 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1988 * 1989 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1990 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1991 * 1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1993 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1994 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1995 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1996 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1997 * 1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1999 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 2000 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 2001 * 2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 2003 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 2004 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 2005 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 2006 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 2007 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 2008 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2009 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2010 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2011 * consistent. 2012 * 2013 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2014 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2015 * 2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2017 * 2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2019 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2020 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2021 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2022 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2023 * no change is made. 2024 * 2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2026 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2027 * 2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2029 * carried in a u32 attribute 2030 * 2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2032 * MAC ACL. 2033 * 2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2035 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2036 * ACL. 2037 * 2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2039 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2040 * 2041 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2042 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2043 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2045 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2046 * 2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2048 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2049 * 2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2051 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2052 * and PU-APSD. 2053 * 2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2055 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2056 * 2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2058 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2059 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2060 * 2061 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2062 * 2063 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2064 * Element 2065 * 2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2067 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2068 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2069 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2070 * 2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2072 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2073 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2074 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 2075 * 2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2077 * 2078 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2079 * until the channel switch event. 2080 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2081 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2082 * operation). 2083 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2084 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2085 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2086 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2087 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2088 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2089 * 2090 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2091 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2092 * 2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2094 * 2095 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2096 * operating classes. 2097 * 2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2099 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2100 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2101 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2102 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2103 * IBSS network. 2104 * 2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2106 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2108 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2109 * 2110 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2111 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2112 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2113 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2114 * u8 attribute. 2115 * 2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2117 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2119 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2120 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2121 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2122 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2123 * 2124 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2125 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2126 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2127 * 2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2130 * 2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2132 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2133 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2134 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2135 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2136 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2137 * 2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2139 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2140 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2141 * supported number of csa counters. 2142 * 2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2144 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2145 * 2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2147 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2148 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2149 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2150 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2151 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2152 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2153 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2154 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2155 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2156 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2157 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2158 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2159 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2160 * multicast group. 2161 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2162 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2163 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2164 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2165 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2166 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2167 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2168 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2169 * 2170 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2171 * the TDLS link initiator. 2172 * 2173 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2174 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2175 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2176 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2177 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2178 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2179 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2180 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2181 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2182 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2183 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2184 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2185 * 2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2187 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2188 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2189 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2190 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2191 * 2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2194 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2195 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2196 * 2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2198 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2199 * 2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2201 * 2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2203 * 2204 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2205 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2206 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2207 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2208 * 2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2210 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2211 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2212 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2213 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2214 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2215 * 2216 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2217 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2218 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2219 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2220 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2221 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2222 * over all channels. 2223 * 2224 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2225 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2226 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2227 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2228 2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2230 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2231 * 2232 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2233 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2234 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2235 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2237 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2239 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2240 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2241 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2242 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2243 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2244 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2245 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2246 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2247 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2248 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2249 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2250 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2251 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2252 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2253 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2254 * 2255 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2256 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2257 * 2258 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2259 * 2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2261 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2262 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2263 * interface type. 2264 * 2265 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2266 * groupID for monitor mode. 2267 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2268 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2269 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2270 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2271 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2272 * each group. 2273 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2274 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2275 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2276 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2277 * groupID data. 2278 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2279 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2280 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2281 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2282 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2283 * 2284 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2285 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2286 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2287 * attribute must not be included). 2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2289 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2291 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2292 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2293 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2294 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2295 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2296 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2297 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2298 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2299 * 2300 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2301 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2302 * 2303 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2304 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2305 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2306 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2307 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2308 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2309 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2310 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2311 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2312 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2313 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2314 * the device will decide what to use. 2315 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2316 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2317 * attribute. 2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2319 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2320 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2321 * protection. 2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2323 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2324 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2325 * 2326 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2327 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2328 * 2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2330 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2331 * 2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2333 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2334 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2335 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2336 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2337 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2338 * unnecessary wakeups. 2339 * 2340 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2341 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2342 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2343 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2344 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2345 * 2346 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2347 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2348 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2349 * 2350 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2351 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2352 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2353 * 2354 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2355 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2356 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2357 * 2358 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2359 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2360 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2361 * 2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2363 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2364 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2365 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2366 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2367 * 2368 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2369 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2370 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2371 * 2372 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2373 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2374 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2375 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2376 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2377 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2378 * is included as well. 2379 * 2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2381 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2382 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2383 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2384 * 2385 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2386 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2387 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2388 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2389 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2390 * 2391 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2392 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2393 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2394 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2395 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2396 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2397 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2398 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2399 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. 2400 * 2401 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2402 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2403 * 2404 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2405 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2406 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2407 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2408 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2409 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2410 * enforced. 2411 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2412 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2413 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2414 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2415 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2416 * 2417 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2418 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2419 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2420 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2421 * 2422 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2423 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2424 * 2425 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2426 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2427 * invalid value. 2428 * 2429 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2430 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2431 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2432 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2433 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2434 * 2435 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2436 * scheduler. 2437 * 2438 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2439 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2440 * possible values. 2441 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2442 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2443 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2444 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2445 * or per-station. 2446 * 2447 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2448 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2449 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2450 * 2451 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2452 * 2453 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2454 * functionality. 2455 * 2456 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2457 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2458 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2459 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2460 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2461 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2462 * 2463 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2464 * (u16). 2465 * 2466 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2467 * 2468 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2469 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2470 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2471 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2472 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2473 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2474 * 2475 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2476 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2477 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2478 * attributes. 2479 * 2480 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2481 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2482 * 2483 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2484 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2485 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2486 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2487 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2488 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2489 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2490 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2491 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2492 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2493 * 2494 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2495 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2496 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2497 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2498 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2499 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2500 * has expired. 2501 * 2502 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2503 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2504 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2505 * disassociation is still forced. 2506 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2507 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2508 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2509 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2510 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2511 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2512 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2513 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2514 * 2515 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2516 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2517 * 2518 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2519 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2520 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2521 */ 2522 enum nl80211_attrs { 2523 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2524 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2525 2526 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2527 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2528 2529 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2530 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2531 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2532 2533 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2534 2535 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2536 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2537 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2538 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2539 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2540 2541 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2542 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2543 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2544 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2545 2546 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2547 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2548 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2549 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2550 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2551 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2552 2553 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2554 2555 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2556 2557 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2558 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2559 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2560 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2561 2562 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2563 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2564 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2565 2566 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2567 2568 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2569 2570 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2571 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2572 2573 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2574 2575 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2576 2577 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2578 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2579 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2580 2581 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2582 2583 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2584 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2585 2586 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2587 2588 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2589 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2590 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2591 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2592 2593 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2594 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2595 2596 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2597 2598 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2599 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2600 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2601 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2602 2603 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2604 2605 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2606 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2607 2608 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2609 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2610 2611 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2612 2613 2614 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2615 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2616 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2617 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2618 2619 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2620 2621 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2622 2623 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2624 2625 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2626 2627 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2628 2629 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2630 2631 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2632 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2633 2634 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2635 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2636 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2637 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2638 2639 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2640 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2641 2642 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2643 2644 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2645 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2646 2647 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2648 2649 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2650 2651 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2652 2653 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2654 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2655 2656 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2657 2658 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2659 2660 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2661 2662 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2663 2664 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2665 2666 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2667 2668 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2669 2670 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2671 2672 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2673 2674 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2675 2676 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2677 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2678 2679 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2680 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2681 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2682 2683 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2684 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2685 2686 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2687 2688 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2689 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2690 2691 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2692 2693 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2694 2695 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2696 2697 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2698 2699 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2700 2701 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2702 2703 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2704 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2705 2706 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2707 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2708 2709 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2710 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2711 2712 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2713 2714 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2715 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2716 2717 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2718 2719 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2720 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2721 2722 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2723 2724 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2725 2726 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2727 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2728 2729 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2730 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2731 2732 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2733 2734 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2735 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2736 2737 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2738 2739 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2740 2741 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2742 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2743 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2744 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2745 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2746 2747 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2748 2749 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2750 2751 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2752 2753 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2754 2755 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2756 2757 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2758 2759 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2760 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2761 2762 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2763 2764 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2765 2766 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2767 2768 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2769 2770 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2771 2772 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2773 2774 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2775 2776 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2777 2778 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2779 2780 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2781 2782 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2783 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2784 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2785 2786 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2787 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2788 2789 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2790 2791 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2792 2793 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2794 2795 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2796 2797 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2798 2799 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2800 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2801 2802 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2803 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2804 2805 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2806 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2807 2808 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2809 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2810 2811 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2812 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2813 2814 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2815 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2816 2817 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2818 2819 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2820 2821 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2822 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2823 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2824 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON, 2825 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP, 2826 2827 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2828 2829 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2830 2831 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2832 2833 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2834 2835 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2836 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2837 2838 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2839 2840 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2841 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2842 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2843 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2844 2845 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2846 2847 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2848 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2849 2850 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2851 2852 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2853 2854 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2855 2856 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2857 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2858 2859 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2860 2861 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2862 2863 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2864 2865 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2866 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2867 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2868 2869 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2870 2871 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2872 2873 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2874 2875 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2876 2877 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2878 2879 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2880 2881 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2882 2883 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2884 2885 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2886 2887 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2888 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2889 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2890 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2891 2892 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2893 2894 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2895 2896 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2897 2898 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2899 2900 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2901 2902 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2903 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2904 2905 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2906 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2907 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2908 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2909 2910 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2911 2912 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2913 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2914 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2915 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2916 2917 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2918 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2919 2920 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2921 2922 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2923 2924 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2925 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2926 2927 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2928 2929 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2930 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2931 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2932 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2933 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2934 2935 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2936 2937 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2938 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2939 2940 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2941 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2942 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2943 2944 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 2945 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 2946 2947 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 2948 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 2949 2950 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 2951 2952 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 2953 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 2954 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 2955 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 2956 2957 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 2958 2959 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 2960 2961 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 2962 2963 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 2964 2965 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 2966 2967 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 2968 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2969 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 2970 2971 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 2972 2973 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 2974 2975 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 2976 2977 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 2978 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 2979 2980 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 2981 2982 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 2983 2984 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 2985 2986 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 2987 2988 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 2989 2990 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 2991 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 2992 2993 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 2994 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 2995 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 2996 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 2997 2998 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 2999 3000 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 3001 3002 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3003 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3004 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3005 }; 3006 3007 /* source-level API compatibility */ 3008 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 3009 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3010 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3011 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3012 3013 /* 3014 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3015 * here 3016 */ 3017 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3018 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3019 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3020 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3021 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3022 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3023 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3024 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3025 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3026 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3027 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3028 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3029 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3030 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3031 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3032 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3033 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3034 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3035 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3036 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3037 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3038 3039 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3040 3041 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3042 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3043 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3044 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3045 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3046 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3047 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3048 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3049 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3050 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3051 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3052 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3053 3054 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3055 3056 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3057 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3058 3059 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3060 3061 /** 3062 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3063 * 3064 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3065 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3066 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3067 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3068 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3069 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3070 * AP type interface. 3071 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3072 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3073 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3074 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3075 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3076 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3077 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3078 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3079 * commands to create and destroy one 3080 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3081 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3082 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3083 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3084 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3085 * 3086 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3087 * to set the type of an interface. 3088 * 3089 */ 3090 enum nl80211_iftype { 3091 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3092 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3093 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3094 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3095 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3096 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3097 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3098 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3099 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3100 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3101 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3102 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3103 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3104 3105 /* keep last */ 3106 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3107 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3108 }; 3109 3110 /** 3111 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3112 * 3113 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3114 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3115 * 3116 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3117 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3118 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3119 * with short barker preamble 3120 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3121 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3122 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3123 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3124 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3125 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3126 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3127 * as errors.) 3128 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3129 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3130 * previously added station into associated state 3131 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3132 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3133 */ 3134 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3135 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3136 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3137 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3138 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3139 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3140 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3141 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3142 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3143 3144 /* keep last */ 3145 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3146 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3147 }; 3148 3149 /** 3150 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3151 * 3152 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3153 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3154 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3155 */ 3156 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3157 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3158 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3159 3160 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3161 }; 3162 3163 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3164 3165 /** 3166 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3167 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3168 * @set: which values to set them to 3169 * 3170 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3171 */ 3172 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3173 __u32 mask; 3174 __u32 set; 3175 } __attribute__((packed)); 3176 3177 /** 3178 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3179 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3180 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3181 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3182 */ 3183 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3184 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3185 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3186 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3187 }; 3188 3189 /** 3190 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3191 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3192 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3193 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3194 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3195 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3196 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3197 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3198 */ 3199 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3200 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3201 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3202 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3203 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3204 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3205 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3206 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3207 }; 3208 3209 /** 3210 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3211 * 3212 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3213 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3214 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3215 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3216 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3217 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3218 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3219 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3220 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3221 * 3222 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3223 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3224 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3225 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3226 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3227 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3228 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3229 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3230 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3231 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3232 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3233 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3234 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3235 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3236 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3237 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3238 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3239 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3240 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3241 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3242 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3243 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3244 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3245 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3246 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3247 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3248 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3249 */ 3250 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3251 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3252 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3253 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3254 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3255 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3256 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3257 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3258 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3259 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3260 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3261 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3262 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3263 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3264 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3265 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3266 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3267 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3268 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3269 3270 /* keep last */ 3271 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3272 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3273 }; 3274 3275 /** 3276 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3277 * 3278 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3279 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3280 * 3281 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3282 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3283 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3284 * (flag) 3285 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3286 * (flag) 3287 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3288 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3289 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3290 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3291 */ 3292 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3293 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3294 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3295 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3296 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3297 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3298 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3299 3300 /* keep last */ 3301 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3302 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3303 }; 3304 3305 /** 3306 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3307 * 3308 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3309 * when getting information about a station. 3310 * 3311 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3312 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3313 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3314 * (u32, from this station) 3315 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3316 * (u32, to this station) 3317 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3318 * (u64, from this station) 3319 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3320 * (u64, to this station) 3321 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3322 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3323 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3324 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3325 * (u32, from this station) 3326 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3327 * (u32, to this station) 3328 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3329 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3330 * (u32, to this station) 3331 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3332 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3333 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3334 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3335 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3336 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3337 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3338 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3339 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3340 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3341 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3342 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3343 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3344 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3345 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3346 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3347 * non-peer STA 3348 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3349 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3350 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3351 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3352 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3353 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3354 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3355 * (u64) 3356 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3357 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3358 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3359 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3360 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3361 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3362 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3363 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3364 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3365 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3366 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3367 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3368 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3369 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3370 * (u32, from this station) 3371 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3372 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3373 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3374 * might not be fully accurate. 3375 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3376 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3377 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3378 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3379 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3380 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3381 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3382 * of STA's association 3383 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 3384 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 3385 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3386 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3387 */ 3388 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3389 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3390 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3391 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3392 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3393 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3394 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3395 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3396 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3397 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3398 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3399 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3400 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3401 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3402 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3403 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3404 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3405 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3406 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3407 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3408 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3409 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3410 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3411 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3412 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3413 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3414 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3415 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3416 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3417 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3418 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3419 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3420 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3421 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3422 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3423 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3424 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3425 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3426 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3427 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3428 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3429 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3430 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3431 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3432 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 3433 3434 /* keep last */ 3435 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3436 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3437 }; 3438 3439 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3440 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3441 3442 3443 /** 3444 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3445 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3446 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3447 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3448 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3449 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3450 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3451 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3452 * MSDUs (u64) 3453 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3454 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3455 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3456 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3457 */ 3458 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3459 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3460 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3461 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3462 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3463 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3464 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3465 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3466 3467 /* keep last */ 3468 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3469 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3470 }; 3471 3472 /** 3473 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3474 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3475 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3476 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3477 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3478 * backlogged 3479 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3480 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3481 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3482 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3483 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3484 * (only for per-phy stats) 3485 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3486 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3487 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3488 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3489 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3490 */ 3491 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3492 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3493 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3494 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3495 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3496 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3497 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3498 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3499 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3500 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3501 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3502 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3503 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3504 3505 /* keep last */ 3506 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3507 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3508 }; 3509 3510 /** 3511 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3512 * 3513 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3514 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3515 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3516 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3517 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3518 */ 3519 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3520 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3521 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3522 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3523 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3524 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3525 }; 3526 3527 /** 3528 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3529 * 3530 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3531 * information about a mesh path. 3532 * 3533 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3534 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3535 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3536 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3537 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3538 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3539 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3540 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3541 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3542 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3543 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3544 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3545 * currently defined 3546 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3547 */ 3548 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3549 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3550 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3551 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3552 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3553 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3554 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3555 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3556 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3557 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3558 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3559 3560 /* keep last */ 3561 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3562 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3563 }; 3564 3565 /** 3566 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3567 * 3568 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3569 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3570 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3571 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3572 * capabilities IE 3573 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3574 * capabilities IE 3575 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3576 * capabilities IE 3577 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3578 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3579 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently 3580 * defined 3581 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 3582 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 3583 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3584 */ 3585 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3586 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3587 3588 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3589 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3590 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3591 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3592 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3593 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 3594 3595 /* keep last */ 3596 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3597 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3598 }; 3599 3600 /** 3601 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3602 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3603 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3604 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3605 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3606 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3607 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3608 * defined in 802.11n 3609 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3610 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3611 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3612 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3613 * defined in 802.11ac 3614 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3615 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3616 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3617 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 3618 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 3619 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 3620 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 3621 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 3622 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 3623 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3624 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3625 */ 3626 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3627 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3628 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3629 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3630 3631 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3632 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3633 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3634 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3635 3636 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3637 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3638 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 3639 3640 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3641 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3642 3643 /* keep last */ 3644 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3645 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3646 }; 3647 3648 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3649 3650 /** 3651 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 3652 * 3653 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3654 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 3655 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 3656 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 3657 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 3658 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 3659 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 3660 */ 3661 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 3662 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 3663 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 3664 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 3665 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 3666 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 3667 3668 /* keep last */ 3669 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 3670 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 3671 }; 3672 3673 /** 3674 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3675 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3676 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3677 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3678 * regulatory domain. 3679 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3680 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3681 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3682 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3683 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3684 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3685 * (100 * dBm). 3686 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3687 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3688 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3689 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3690 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3691 * channel as the control channel 3692 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3693 * channel as the control channel 3694 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3695 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3696 * this includes 80+80 channels 3697 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3698 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3699 * isn't possible 3700 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3701 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3702 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3703 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3704 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3705 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3706 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3707 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3708 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3709 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3710 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3711 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3712 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3713 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3714 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3715 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3716 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3717 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3718 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3719 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3720 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3721 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3722 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 3723 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 3724 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 3725 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 3726 * in current regulatory domain. 3727 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 3728 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3729 * currently defined 3730 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3731 * 3732 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3733 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3734 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3735 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3736 */ 3737 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3738 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3739 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3740 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3741 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3742 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3743 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3744 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3745 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3746 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3747 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3748 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3749 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3750 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3751 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3752 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3753 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3754 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3755 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3756 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 3757 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 3758 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 3759 3760 /* keep last */ 3761 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3762 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3763 }; 3764 3765 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3766 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3767 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3768 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3769 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3770 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3771 3772 /** 3773 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3774 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3775 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3776 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3777 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3778 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3779 * currently defined 3780 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3781 */ 3782 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3783 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3784 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3785 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3786 3787 /* keep last */ 3788 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3789 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3790 }; 3791 3792 /** 3793 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3794 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3795 * regulatory domain. 3796 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3797 * regulatory domain. 3798 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3799 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3800 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3801 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3802 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3803 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3804 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3805 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3806 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3807 */ 3808 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3809 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3810 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3811 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3812 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3813 }; 3814 3815 /** 3816 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3817 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3818 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3819 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3820 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3821 * domain. 3822 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3823 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3824 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3825 * them to be applied. 3826 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3827 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3828 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3829 * domain request to be processed. 3830 */ 3831 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3832 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3833 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3834 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3835 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3836 }; 3837 3838 /** 3839 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3840 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3841 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3842 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3843 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3844 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3845 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3846 * band edge. 3847 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3848 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3849 * band edge. 3850 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3851 * frequency range, in KHz. 3852 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3853 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3854 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3855 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3856 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3857 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3858 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3859 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3860 * currently defined 3861 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3862 */ 3863 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3864 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3865 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3866 3867 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3868 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3869 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3870 3871 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3872 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3873 3874 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3875 3876 /* keep last */ 3877 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3878 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3879 }; 3880 3881 /** 3882 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3883 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3884 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3885 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3886 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3887 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3888 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3889 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3890 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3891 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3892 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3893 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3894 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3895 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3896 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3897 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3898 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3899 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3900 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3901 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3902 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3903 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3904 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 3905 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 3906 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 3907 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 3908 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 3909 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 3910 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 3911 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 3912 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3913 * attribute number currently defined 3914 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3915 */ 3916 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3917 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3918 3919 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3920 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3921 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3922 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3923 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 3924 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 3925 3926 /* keep last */ 3927 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3928 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3929 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3930 }; 3931 3932 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3933 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3934 3935 /** 3936 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3937 * 3938 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3939 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3940 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3941 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3942 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 3943 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 3944 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 3945 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 3946 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 3947 * beaconing. 3948 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 3949 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 3950 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 3951 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3952 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 3953 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 3954 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 3955 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 3956 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 3957 */ 3958 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 3959 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 3960 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 3961 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 3962 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 3963 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 3964 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 3965 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 3966 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 3967 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 3968 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 3969 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 3970 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 3971 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 3972 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 3973 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 3974 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17, 3975 }; 3976 3977 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3978 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3979 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3980 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 3981 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 3982 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 3983 3984 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 3985 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 3986 3987 /** 3988 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 3989 * 3990 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 3991 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 3992 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 3993 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 3994 */ 3995 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 3996 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 3997 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 3998 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 3999 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 4000 }; 4001 4002 /** 4003 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 4004 * 4005 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 4006 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 4007 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 4008 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 4009 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 4010 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 4011 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 4012 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 4013 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 4014 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 4015 * supported feature. 4016 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 4017 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 4018 */ 4019 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 4020 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 4021 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 4022 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 4023 }; 4024 4025 /** 4026 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 4027 * 4028 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 4029 * when getting information about a survey. 4030 * 4031 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4032 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 4033 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 4034 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 4035 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 4036 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 4037 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 4038 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 4039 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 4040 * channel was sensed busy 4041 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4042 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 4043 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 4044 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 4045 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 4046 * (on this channel or globally) 4047 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4048 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4049 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 4050 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 4051 * currently defined 4052 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4053 */ 4054 enum nl80211_survey_info { 4055 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 4056 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 4057 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 4058 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 4059 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 4060 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 4061 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 4062 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 4063 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 4064 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 4065 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 4066 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 4067 4068 /* keep last */ 4069 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4070 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4071 }; 4072 4073 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 4074 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 4075 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 4076 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 4077 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 4078 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4079 4080 /** 4081 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4082 * 4083 * Monitor configuration flags. 4084 * 4085 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4086 * 4087 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4088 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4089 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4090 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4091 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 4092 * overrides all other flags. 4093 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4094 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4095 * 4096 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4097 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4098 */ 4099 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4100 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4101 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4102 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4103 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4104 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4105 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4106 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4107 4108 /* keep last */ 4109 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4110 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4111 }; 4112 4113 /** 4114 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4115 * 4116 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4117 * not known or has not been set yet. 4118 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4119 * in Awake state all the time. 4120 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4121 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4122 * neighbor's beacons. 4123 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4124 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4125 * for neighbor's beacons. 4126 * 4127 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 4128 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 4129 */ 4130 4131 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4132 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4133 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4134 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4135 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4136 4137 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4138 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4139 }; 4140 4141 /** 4142 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4143 * 4144 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4145 * active. 4146 * 4147 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4148 * 4149 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4150 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4151 * 4152 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4153 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4154 * 4155 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4156 * millisecond units 4157 * 4158 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4159 * on this mesh interface 4160 * 4161 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4162 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4163 * mesh 4164 * 4165 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4166 * point. 4167 * 4168 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4169 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4170 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4171 * set. 4172 * 4173 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4174 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4175 * target) 4176 * 4177 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4178 * (in milliseconds) 4179 * 4180 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4181 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4182 * 4183 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4184 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4185 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4186 * 4187 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4188 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4189 * reference element 4190 * 4191 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4192 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4193 * mesh 4194 * 4195 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4196 * 4197 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4198 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4199 * 4200 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4201 * root announcements are transmitted. 4202 * 4203 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4204 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4205 * Announcement frames. 4206 * 4207 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4208 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4209 * PERR element. 4210 * 4211 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4212 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4213 * 4214 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4215 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4216 * a peer link. 4217 * 4218 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4219 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4220 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4221 * 4222 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4223 * 4224 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4225 * 4226 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4227 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4228 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4229 * 4230 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4231 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4232 * 4233 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4234 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4235 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4236 * 4237 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4238 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4239 * 4240 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4241 * 4242 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4243 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4244 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4245 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4246 * 4247 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4248 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4249 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4250 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4251 * 4252 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 4253 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 4254 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 4255 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 4256 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 4257 * 4258 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 4259 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 4260 * in the mesh formation field. 4261 * 4262 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4263 */ 4264 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4265 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4266 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4267 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4268 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4269 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4270 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4271 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4272 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4273 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4274 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4275 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4276 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4277 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4278 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4279 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4280 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4281 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4282 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4283 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4284 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4285 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4286 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4287 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4288 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4289 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4290 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4291 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4292 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4293 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4294 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4295 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 4296 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4297 4298 /* keep last */ 4299 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4300 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4301 }; 4302 4303 /** 4304 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4305 * 4306 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4307 * changed while the mesh is active. 4308 * 4309 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4310 * 4311 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4312 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4313 * default HWMP. 4314 * 4315 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4316 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4317 * metric. 4318 * 4319 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4320 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4321 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4322 * metrics in use. 4323 * 4324 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4325 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4326 * 4327 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4328 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4329 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4330 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4331 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4332 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4333 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4334 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4335 * userspace daemon. 4336 * 4337 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4338 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4339 * neighbor offset synchronization 4340 * 4341 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4342 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4343 * 4344 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4345 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4346 * Default is no authentication method required. 4347 * 4348 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4349 * 4350 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4351 */ 4352 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4353 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4354 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4355 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4356 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4357 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4358 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4359 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4360 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4361 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4362 4363 /* keep last */ 4364 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4365 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4366 }; 4367 4368 /** 4369 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4370 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4371 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4372 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4373 * disabled 4374 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4375 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4376 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4377 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4378 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4379 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4380 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4381 */ 4382 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4383 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4384 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4385 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4386 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4387 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4388 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4389 4390 /* keep last */ 4391 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4392 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4393 }; 4394 4395 enum nl80211_ac { 4396 NL80211_AC_VO, 4397 NL80211_AC_VI, 4398 NL80211_AC_BE, 4399 NL80211_AC_BK, 4400 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4401 }; 4402 4403 /* backward compat */ 4404 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4405 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4406 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4407 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4408 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4409 4410 /** 4411 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4412 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4413 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4414 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4415 * below the control channel 4416 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4417 * above the control channel 4418 */ 4419 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4420 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4421 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4422 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4423 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4424 }; 4425 4426 /** 4427 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4428 * 4429 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4430 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4431 * 4432 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4433 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4434 * 4435 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4436 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4437 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4438 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4439 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4440 */ 4441 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4442 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4443 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4444 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4445 }; 4446 4447 /** 4448 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4449 * 4450 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4451 * attribute. 4452 * 4453 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4454 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4455 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4456 * attribute must be provided as well 4457 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4458 * attribute must be provided as well 4459 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4460 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4461 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4462 * attribute must be provided as well 4463 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4464 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4465 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 4466 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 4467 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 4468 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 4469 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 4470 */ 4471 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4472 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4473 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4474 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4475 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4476 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4477 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4478 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4479 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4480 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4481 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4482 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 4483 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 4484 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 4485 }; 4486 4487 /** 4488 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4489 * 4490 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4491 * 4492 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4493 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4494 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4495 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 4496 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 4497 */ 4498 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4499 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4500 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4501 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4502 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4503 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4504 }; 4505 4506 /** 4507 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4508 * 4509 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4510 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4511 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4512 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4513 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4514 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4515 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4516 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4517 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4518 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4519 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4520 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4521 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4522 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4523 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4524 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4525 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4526 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4527 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4528 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4529 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4530 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4531 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4532 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4533 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4534 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4535 * yet been received 4536 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4537 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4538 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4539 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4540 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4541 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4542 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4543 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4544 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4545 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4546 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4547 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4548 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4549 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4550 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4551 * is set. 4552 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4553 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4554 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4555 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4556 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4557 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4558 */ 4559 enum nl80211_bss { 4560 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4561 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4562 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4563 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4564 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4565 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4566 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4567 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4568 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4569 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4570 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4571 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4572 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4573 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4574 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4575 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4576 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4577 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4578 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4579 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4580 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4581 4582 /* keep last */ 4583 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4584 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4585 }; 4586 4587 /** 4588 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4589 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4590 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 4591 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 4592 * a given BSS. 4593 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 4594 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 4595 * 4596 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 4597 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 4598 */ 4599 enum nl80211_bss_status { 4600 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 4601 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 4602 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 4603 }; 4604 4605 /** 4606 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4607 * 4608 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4609 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4610 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4611 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4612 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4613 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4614 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4615 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4616 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4617 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4618 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4619 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4620 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4621 */ 4622 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4623 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4624 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4625 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4626 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4627 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4628 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4629 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4630 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4631 4632 /* keep last */ 4633 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4634 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4635 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4636 }; 4637 4638 /** 4639 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4640 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4641 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4642 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4643 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4644 */ 4645 enum nl80211_key_type { 4646 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4647 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4648 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4649 4650 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4651 }; 4652 4653 /** 4654 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4655 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4656 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4657 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4658 */ 4659 enum nl80211_mfp { 4660 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4661 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4662 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4663 }; 4664 4665 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4666 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4667 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4668 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 4669 }; 4670 4671 /** 4672 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 4673 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 4674 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 4675 * unicast key 4676 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 4677 * multicast key 4678 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 4679 */ 4680 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 4681 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 4682 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 4683 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 4684 4685 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 4686 }; 4687 4688 /** 4689 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 4690 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 4691 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 4692 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 4693 * keys 4694 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4695 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4696 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4697 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4698 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4699 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4700 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4701 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4702 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4703 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4704 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4705 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4706 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4707 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 4708 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 4709 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 4710 * 4711 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4712 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4713 */ 4714 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4715 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4716 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4717 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4718 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4719 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4720 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4721 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4722 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4723 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4724 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 4725 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 4726 4727 /* keep last */ 4728 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4729 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4730 }; 4731 4732 /** 4733 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4734 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4735 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4736 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4737 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4738 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4739 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4740 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4741 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4742 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4743 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4744 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4745 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4746 */ 4747 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4748 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4749 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4750 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4751 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4752 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4753 4754 /* keep last */ 4755 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4756 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4757 }; 4758 4759 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4760 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4761 4762 /** 4763 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4764 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4765 */ 4766 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4767 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4768 }; 4769 4770 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4771 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4772 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4773 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4774 }; 4775 4776 /** 4777 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4778 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4779 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4780 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 4781 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 4782 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 4783 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4784 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4785 */ 4786 enum nl80211_band { 4787 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4788 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4789 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4790 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 4791 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 4792 4793 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4794 }; 4795 4796 /** 4797 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4798 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4799 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4800 */ 4801 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4802 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4803 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4804 }; 4805 4806 /** 4807 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4808 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4809 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4810 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4811 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4812 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4813 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4814 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4815 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4816 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4817 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4818 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4819 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4820 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4821 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4822 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4823 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4824 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4825 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4826 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4827 * checked. 4828 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4829 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4830 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4831 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4832 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4833 * loss event 4834 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4835 * RSSI threshold event. 4836 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4837 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4838 */ 4839 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4840 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4841 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4842 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4843 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4844 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4845 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4846 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4847 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4848 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4849 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4850 4851 /* keep last */ 4852 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4853 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4854 }; 4855 4856 /** 4857 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4858 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4859 * configured threshold 4860 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4861 * configured threshold 4862 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4863 */ 4864 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4865 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4866 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4867 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4868 }; 4869 4870 4871 /** 4872 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4873 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4874 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4875 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4876 */ 4877 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4878 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4879 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4880 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4881 }; 4882 4883 /** 4884 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 4885 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 4886 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 4887 */ 4888 enum nl80211_tid_config { 4889 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 4890 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 4891 }; 4892 4893 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 4894 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 4895 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 4896 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 4897 */ 4898 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 4899 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 4900 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 4901 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 4902 }; 4903 4904 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 4905 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 4906 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 4907 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 4908 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 4909 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 4910 * per peer instead. 4911 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates 4912 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 4913 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 4914 * should be left untouched. 4915 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 4916 * Its type is u16. 4917 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 4918 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 4919 * Its type is u8. 4920 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 4921 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 4922 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 4923 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 4924 * output in wiphy capabilities. 4925 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 4926 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 4927 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 4928 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 4929 * output in wiphy capabilities. 4930 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 4931 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 4932 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 4933 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 4934 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 4935 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 4936 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 4937 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 4938 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 4939 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 4940 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 4941 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 4942 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 4943 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 4944 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 4945 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 4946 * station. 4947 */ 4948 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 4949 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 4950 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 4951 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 4952 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 4953 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 4954 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 4955 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 4956 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 4957 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 4958 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 4959 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 4960 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 4961 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 4962 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 4963 4964 /* keep last */ 4965 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4966 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4967 }; 4968 4969 /** 4970 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 4971 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4972 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 4973 * a zero bit are ignored 4974 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 4975 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 4976 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 4977 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 4978 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 4979 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 4980 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 4981 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 4982 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 4983 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 4984 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 4985 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 4986 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4987 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 4988 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 4989 */ 4990 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 4991 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 4992 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 4993 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 4994 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 4995 4996 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 4997 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 4998 }; 4999 5000 /** 5001 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 5002 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 5003 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 5004 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 5005 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5006 * 5007 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 5008 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 5009 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 5010 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 5011 * by the kernel to userspace. 5012 */ 5013 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 5014 __u32 max_patterns; 5015 __u32 min_pattern_len; 5016 __u32 max_pattern_len; 5017 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 5018 } __attribute__((packed)); 5019 5020 /* only for backward compatibility */ 5021 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 5022 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5023 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 5024 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 5025 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 5026 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 5027 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 5028 5029 /** 5030 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 5031 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5032 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 5033 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 5034 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 5035 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 5036 * any others are even supported by the device. 5037 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 5038 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 5039 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 5040 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 5041 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 5042 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 5043 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 5044 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 5045 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 5046 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 5047 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 5048 * 5049 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 5050 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 5051 * 5052 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 5053 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 5054 * to the kernel when configuring. 5055 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 5056 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 5057 * by the device (flag) 5058 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 5059 * done by the device) (flag) 5060 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 5061 * packet (flag) 5062 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 5063 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 5064 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 5065 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 5066 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 5067 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 5068 * attribute contains the original length. 5069 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 5070 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 5071 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5072 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 5073 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 5074 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 5075 * contains the original length. 5076 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 5077 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 5078 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5079 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 5080 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 5081 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 5082 * the TCP connection. 5083 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 5084 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 5085 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 5086 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 5087 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 5088 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 5089 * service 5090 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 5091 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 5092 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 5093 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 5094 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 5095 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 5096 * attribute is also sent in a response to 5097 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 5098 * supported by the driver (u32). 5099 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 5100 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 5101 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 5102 * that the information is not available. If more than one 5103 * element is present, it means that more than one match 5104 * occurred. 5105 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 5106 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 5107 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 5108 * these attributes must be present. If 5109 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 5110 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 5111 * channel. 5112 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 5113 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 5114 * 5115 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 5116 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 5117 */ 5118 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 5119 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 5120 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 5121 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 5122 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 5123 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 5124 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 5125 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 5126 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 5127 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 5128 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 5129 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 5130 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 5131 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 5132 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 5133 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 5134 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 5135 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 5136 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 5137 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 5138 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 5139 5140 /* keep last */ 5141 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 5142 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 5143 }; 5144 5145 /** 5146 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 5147 * 5148 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 5149 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 5150 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 5151 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 5152 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 5153 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 5154 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 5155 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 5156 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 5157 * 5158 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 5159 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 5160 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 5161 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 5162 * also woken up. 5163 * 5164 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 5165 * response packets might not go through correctly. 5166 */ 5167 5168 /** 5169 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 5170 * @start: starting value 5171 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 5172 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 5173 * 5174 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 5175 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 5176 * in little endian. 5177 */ 5178 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 5179 __u32 start, offset, len; 5180 }; 5181 5182 /** 5183 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 5184 * @offset: offset of token in packet 5185 * @len: length of each token 5186 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 5187 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 5188 */ 5189 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 5190 __u32 offset, len; 5191 __u8 token_stream[]; 5192 }; 5193 5194 /** 5195 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 5196 * @min_len: minimum token length 5197 * @max_len: maximum token length 5198 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 5199 */ 5200 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 5201 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 5202 }; 5203 5204 /** 5205 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 5206 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5207 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 5208 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 5209 * (in network byte order) 5210 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 5211 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 5212 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 5213 * might require ARP querying. 5214 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 5215 * socket and port will be allocated 5216 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 5217 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 5218 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5219 * of the data payload. 5220 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 5221 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 5222 * advertising it is just a flag 5223 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 5224 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 5225 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 5226 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 5227 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 5228 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 5229 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5230 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 5231 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5232 * but on the TCP payload only. 5233 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 5234 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 5235 */ 5236 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 5237 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 5238 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 5239 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 5240 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 5241 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 5242 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 5243 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 5244 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 5245 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 5246 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 5247 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 5248 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 5249 5250 /* keep last */ 5251 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 5252 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 5253 }; 5254 5255 /** 5256 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 5257 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 5258 * @pat: packet pattern support information 5259 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5260 * 5261 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 5262 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 5263 */ 5264 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 5265 __u32 max_rules; 5266 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 5267 __u32 max_delay; 5268 } __attribute__((packed)); 5269 5270 /** 5271 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 5272 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5273 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 5274 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 5275 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 5276 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 5277 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5278 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 5279 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 5280 */ 5281 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 5282 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 5283 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 5284 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 5285 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 5286 5287 /* keep last */ 5288 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 5289 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 5290 }; 5291 5292 /** 5293 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 5294 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 5295 * in a rule are matched. 5296 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5297 * in a rule are not matched. 5298 */ 5299 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 5300 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 5301 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 5302 }; 5303 5304 /** 5305 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 5306 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5307 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 5308 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 5309 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 5310 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 5311 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 5312 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 5313 */ 5314 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 5315 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 5316 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 5317 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 5318 5319 /* keep last */ 5320 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 5321 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 5322 }; 5323 5324 /** 5325 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5326 * 5327 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5328 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5329 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5330 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5331 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5332 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5333 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5334 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5335 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5336 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5337 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5338 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5339 * different channels may be used within this group. 5340 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5341 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5342 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5343 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5344 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5345 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5346 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5347 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5348 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5349 * 5350 * Examples: 5351 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5352 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5353 * 5354 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5355 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5356 * 5357 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5358 * => allows two STAs on different channels 5359 * 5360 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5361 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5362 * 5363 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5364 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5365 * that any of these groups must match. 5366 * 5367 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5368 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5369 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5370 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5371 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5372 */ 5373 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5374 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5375 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5376 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5377 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5378 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5379 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5380 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5381 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5382 5383 /* keep last */ 5384 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5385 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5386 }; 5387 5388 5389 /** 5390 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5391 * 5392 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5393 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5394 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5395 * this mesh peer 5396 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5397 * from this mesh peer 5398 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5399 * received from this mesh peer 5400 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5401 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5402 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5403 * plink are discarded 5404 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5405 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5406 */ 5407 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5408 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5409 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5410 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5411 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5412 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5413 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5414 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5415 5416 /* keep last */ 5417 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5418 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5419 }; 5420 5421 /** 5422 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5423 * 5424 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5425 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5426 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5427 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5428 */ 5429 enum plink_actions { 5430 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5431 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5432 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5433 5434 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5435 }; 5436 5437 5438 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5439 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5440 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 5441 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 5442 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5443 5444 /** 5445 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5446 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5447 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5448 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5449 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5450 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 5451 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5452 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5453 */ 5454 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5455 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5456 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5457 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5458 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5459 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 5460 5461 /* keep last */ 5462 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5463 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5464 }; 5465 5466 /** 5467 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5468 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5469 * Beacon frames) 5470 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5471 * in Beacon frames 5472 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5473 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5474 */ 5475 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5476 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5477 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5478 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5479 }; 5480 5481 /** 5482 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5483 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5484 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5485 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5486 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5487 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5488 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5489 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5490 */ 5491 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5492 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5493 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5494 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5495 5496 /* keep last */ 5497 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5498 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5499 }; 5500 5501 /** 5502 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5503 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5504 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5505 * priority) 5506 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5507 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5508 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5509 * (internal) 5510 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5511 * (internal) 5512 */ 5513 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5514 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5515 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5516 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5517 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5518 5519 /* keep last */ 5520 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5521 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5522 }; 5523 5524 /** 5525 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5526 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5527 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5528 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5529 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5530 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5531 */ 5532 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5533 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5534 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5535 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5536 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5537 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5538 }; 5539 5540 /* 5541 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5542 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 5543 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 5544 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5545 }; 5546 */ 5547 5548 /** 5549 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5550 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5551 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5552 * socket option. 5553 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5554 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5555 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5556 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5557 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 5558 * cellular base stations. 5559 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5560 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5561 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5562 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5563 * mode 5564 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5565 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5566 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5567 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5568 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5569 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5570 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 5571 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 5572 * setting 5573 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 5574 * powersave 5575 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 5576 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 5577 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 5578 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 5579 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 5580 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 5581 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 5582 * states using station flags. 5583 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 5584 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 5585 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 5586 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 5587 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 5588 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 5589 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 5590 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 5591 * still generated by the driver. 5592 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 5593 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 5594 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 5595 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 5596 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 5597 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 5598 * lifetime of a BSS. 5599 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 5600 * Set IE to probe requests. 5601 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 5602 * to probe requests. 5603 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 5604 * requests sent to it by an AP. 5605 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 5606 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 5607 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 5608 * Measurement Report action frame. 5609 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 5610 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 5611 * to enable dynack. 5612 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 5613 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5614 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 5615 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 5616 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5617 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 5618 * rts/cts handshake. 5619 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 5620 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 5621 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 5622 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 5623 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 5624 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 5625 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 5626 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 5627 * operating as a TDLS peer. 5628 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5629 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 5630 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 5631 * address mask/value will be used. 5632 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 5633 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 5634 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5635 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5636 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5637 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 5638 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5639 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5640 */ 5641 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 5642 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 5643 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 5644 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 5645 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 5646 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 5647 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 5648 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 5649 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 5650 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 5651 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 5652 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 5653 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 5654 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 5655 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 5656 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 5657 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 5658 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 5659 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 5660 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 5661 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 5662 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 5663 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 5664 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 5665 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 5666 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 5667 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 5668 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 5669 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 5670 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 5671 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 5672 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 5673 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 5674 }; 5675 5676 /** 5677 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 5678 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 5679 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 5680 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 5681 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 5682 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 5683 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 5684 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 5685 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 5686 * certain groups which can be configured by the 5687 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 5688 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 5689 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 5690 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 5691 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 5692 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5693 * (if available). 5694 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 5695 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 5696 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5697 * (if available). 5698 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 5699 * channel dwell time. 5700 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 5701 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 5702 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 5703 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 5704 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 5705 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 5706 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 5707 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 5708 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 5709 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 5710 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 5711 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 5712 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 5713 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 5714 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 5715 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 5716 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 5717 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 5718 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 5719 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 5720 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5721 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 5722 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 5723 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 5724 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 5725 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 5726 * be supported. 5727 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 5728 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 5729 * actual dwell time. 5730 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 5731 * response 5732 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 5733 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 5734 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 5735 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 5736 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 5737 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 5738 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 5739 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 5740 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 5741 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 5742 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 5743 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 5744 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 5745 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 5746 * "radar detected" event. 5747 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 5748 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 5749 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 5750 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 5751 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 5752 * TXQs. 5753 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 5754 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 5755 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 5756 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 5757 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 5758 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 5759 * timing measurement responder role. 5760 * 5761 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 5762 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 5763 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 5764 * freeze the connection. 5765 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 5766 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 5767 * 5768 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 5769 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 5770 * scheduling. 5771 * 5772 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 5773 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 5774 * 5775 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 5776 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 5777 * 5778 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 5779 * to a station. 5780 * 5781 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 5782 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 5783 * 5784 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 5785 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 5786 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 5787 * 5788 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 5789 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 5790 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 5791 * 5792 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 5793 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 5794 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 5795 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 5796 * 5797 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 5798 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 5799 * handled as ordinary data frames. 5800 * 5801 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 5802 * 5803 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 5804 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 5805 * 5806 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 5807 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 5808 * 5809 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 5810 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 5811 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 5812 * included in the scan request. 5813 * 5814 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 5815 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 5816 * 5817 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 5818 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 5819 * 5820 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5821 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 5822 * command). 5823 * 5824 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 5825 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 5826 */ 5827 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 5828 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 5829 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 5830 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 5831 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 5832 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5833 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 5834 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 5835 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 5836 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 5837 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 5838 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 5839 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 5840 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 5841 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 5842 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 5843 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 5844 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 5845 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 5846 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5847 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 5848 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 5849 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5850 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 5851 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 5852 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 5853 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 5854 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 5855 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5856 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 5857 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5858 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 5859 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 5860 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 5861 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 5862 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 5863 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 5864 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 5865 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 5866 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 5867 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 5868 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 5869 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 5870 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 5871 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 5872 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 5873 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 5874 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 5875 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 5876 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 5877 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 5878 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 5879 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 5880 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 5881 5882 /* add new features before the definition below */ 5883 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 5884 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 5885 }; 5886 5887 /** 5888 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 5889 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 5890 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 5891 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 5892 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 5893 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 5894 * to the host. 5895 * 5896 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 5897 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 5898 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 5899 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 5900 */ 5901 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 5902 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 5903 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 5904 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 5905 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 5906 }; 5907 5908 /** 5909 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 5910 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 5911 * handled by the AP is reached. 5912 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 5913 */ 5914 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 5915 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 5916 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 5917 }; 5918 5919 /** 5920 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 5921 * 5922 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 5923 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 5924 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 5925 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 5926 */ 5927 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 5928 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 5929 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 5930 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 5931 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 5932 }; 5933 5934 /** 5935 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 5936 * 5937 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 5938 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 5939 * requests. 5940 * 5941 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 5942 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 5943 * one of them can be used in the request. 5944 * 5945 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 5946 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 5947 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 5948 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 5949 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 5950 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 5951 * when really needed 5952 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 5953 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 5954 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 5955 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 5956 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 5957 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 5958 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 5959 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 5960 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 5961 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 5962 * request parameters IE in the probe request 5963 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 5964 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 5965 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 5966 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 5967 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 5968 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 5969 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 5970 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 5971 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 5972 * SSID and/or RSSI. 5973 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 5974 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 5975 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 5976 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 5977 * impacted with this flag. 5978 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 5979 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 5980 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 5981 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 5982 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 5983 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 5984 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 5985 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 5986 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 5987 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 5988 * possible. 5989 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 5990 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 5991 * added by userspace explicitly.) 5992 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 5993 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 5994 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 5995 */ 5996 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 5997 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 5998 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 5999 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 6000 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 6001 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 6002 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 6003 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 6004 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 6005 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 6006 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 6007 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 6008 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 6009 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 6010 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 6011 }; 6012 6013 /** 6014 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 6015 * 6016 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 6017 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 6018 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 6019 * 6020 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 6021 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 6022 * in ACL to authenticate. 6023 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 6024 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 6025 */ 6026 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 6027 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 6028 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 6029 }; 6030 6031 /** 6032 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 6033 * 6034 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 6035 * 6036 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 6037 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 6038 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 6039 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 6040 */ 6041 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 6042 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 6043 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 6044 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 6045 6046 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 6047 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6048 }; 6049 6050 /** 6051 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 6052 * 6053 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 6054 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 6055 * 6056 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 6057 * now unusable. 6058 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 6059 * the channel is now available. 6060 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 6061 * change to the channel status. 6062 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 6063 * over, channel becomes usable. 6064 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 6065 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 6066 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 6067 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 6068 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 6069 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 6070 */ 6071 enum nl80211_radar_event { 6072 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 6073 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 6074 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 6075 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 6076 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 6077 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 6078 }; 6079 6080 /** 6081 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 6082 * 6083 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 6084 * 6085 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 6086 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 6087 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 6088 * is therefore marked as not available. 6089 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 6090 */ 6091 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 6092 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 6093 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 6094 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 6095 }; 6096 6097 /** 6098 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 6099 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 6100 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 6101 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 6102 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 6103 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 6104 */ 6105 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 6106 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 6107 }; 6108 6109 /** 6110 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 6111 * 6112 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 6113 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 6114 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 6115 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 6116 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 6117 */ 6118 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 6119 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 6120 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 6121 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 6122 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 6123 /* add other protocols before this one */ 6124 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 6125 }; 6126 6127 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 6128 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 6129 6130 /** 6131 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 6132 * 6133 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 6134 * 6135 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 6136 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 6137 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 6138 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 6139 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 6140 */ 6141 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 6142 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 6143 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 6144 }; 6145 6146 /* 6147 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 6148 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 6149 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 6150 */ 6151 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 6152 6153 /** 6154 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 6155 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 6156 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 6157 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 6158 * added to this file when needed. 6159 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 6160 */ 6161 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 6162 __u32 vendor_id; 6163 __u32 subcmd; 6164 }; 6165 6166 /** 6167 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 6168 * 6169 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 6170 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 6171 * 6172 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 6173 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 6174 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 6175 */ 6176 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 6177 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 6178 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 6179 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 6180 }; 6181 6182 /** 6183 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 6184 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6185 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 6186 * seconds (u32). 6187 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 6188 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 6189 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 6190 * make the scan plan meaningless. 6191 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 6192 * currently defined 6193 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 6194 */ 6195 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 6196 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 6197 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 6198 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 6199 6200 /* keep last */ 6201 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 6202 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 6203 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 6204 }; 6205 6206 /** 6207 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 6208 * 6209 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 6210 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 6211 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 6212 */ 6213 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 6214 __u8 band; 6215 __s8 delta; 6216 } __attribute__((packed)); 6217 6218 /** 6219 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 6220 * 6221 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 6222 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 6223 * is requested. 6224 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 6225 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 6226 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 6227 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 6228 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 6229 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 6230 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 6231 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 6232 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 6233 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 6234 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 6235 * 6236 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 6237 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 6238 * which the driver shall use. 6239 */ 6240 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 6241 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 6242 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 6243 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 6244 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 6245 6246 /* keep last */ 6247 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 6248 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 6249 }; 6250 6251 /** 6252 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 6253 * 6254 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 6255 * 6256 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 6257 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 6258 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 6259 */ 6260 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 6261 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 6262 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 6263 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 6264 6265 /* keep last */ 6266 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 6267 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 6268 }; 6269 6270 /** 6271 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 6272 * 6273 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 6274 * 6275 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 6276 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 6277 */ 6278 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 6279 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 6280 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 6281 }; 6282 6283 /** 6284 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 6285 * 6286 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 6287 * 6288 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 6289 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 6290 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 6291 */ 6292 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 6293 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 6294 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 6295 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 6296 }; 6297 6298 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 6299 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 6300 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 6301 6302 /** 6303 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 6304 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 6305 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 6306 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 6307 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 6308 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 6309 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 6310 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 6311 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 6312 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 6313 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 6314 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 6315 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 6316 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 6317 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 6318 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 6319 * is follow up. This is a u8. 6320 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 6321 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 6322 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 6323 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 6324 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 6325 * This is a flag. 6326 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 6327 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 6328 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 6329 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 6330 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 6331 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 6332 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 6333 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6334 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 6335 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6336 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 6337 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 6338 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 6339 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 6340 * 6341 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 6342 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 6343 */ 6344 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 6345 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 6346 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 6347 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 6348 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 6349 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 6350 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 6351 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 6352 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 6353 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 6354 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 6355 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 6356 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 6357 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 6358 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 6359 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 6360 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 6361 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 6362 6363 /* keep last */ 6364 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 6365 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 6366 }; 6367 6368 /** 6369 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 6370 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 6371 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 6372 * This is a flag. 6373 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 6374 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 6375 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 6376 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 6377 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 6378 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 6379 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 6380 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 6381 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 6382 */ 6383 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 6384 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 6385 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 6386 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 6387 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 6388 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 6389 6390 /* keep last */ 6391 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 6392 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 6393 }; 6394 6395 /** 6396 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 6397 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 6398 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 6399 * match. This is a nested attribute. 6400 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6401 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 6402 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 6403 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6404 * 6405 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 6406 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 6407 */ 6408 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 6409 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 6410 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 6411 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 6412 6413 /* keep last */ 6414 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 6415 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 6416 }; 6417 6418 /** 6419 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 6420 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 6421 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 6422 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 6423 */ 6424 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 6425 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 6426 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 6427 }; 6428 6429 /** 6430 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 6431 * responder attributes 6432 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6433 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 6434 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 6435 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 6436 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6437 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 6438 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 6439 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6440 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6441 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 6442 */ 6443 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 6444 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6445 6446 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 6447 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6448 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6449 6450 /* keep last */ 6451 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6452 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6453 }; 6454 6455 /* 6456 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 6457 * 6458 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 6459 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 6460 * 6461 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6462 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 6463 * were ssfully answered (u32) 6464 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 6465 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 6466 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 6467 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 6468 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 6469 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 6470 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 6471 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 6472 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 6473 * phase with the responder (u32) 6474 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 6475 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 6476 * FTM slot (u32) 6477 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 6478 * scheduled window (u32) 6479 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 6480 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 6481 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 6482 */ 6483 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 6484 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 6485 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 6486 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 6487 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 6488 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 6489 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 6490 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 6491 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6492 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 6493 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6494 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 6495 6496 /* keep last */ 6497 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6498 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6499 }; 6500 6501 /** 6502 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6503 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6504 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6505 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6506 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6507 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 6508 */ 6509 enum nl80211_preamble { 6510 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 6511 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 6512 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 6513 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 6514 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 6515 }; 6516 6517 /** 6518 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 6519 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 6520 * these numbers also for attributes 6521 * 6522 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 6523 * 6524 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 6525 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 6526 */ 6527 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 6528 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 6529 6530 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 6531 6532 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 6533 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 6534 }; 6535 6536 /** 6537 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 6538 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 6539 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 6540 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 6541 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 6542 * reason may be available in the response data 6543 */ 6544 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 6545 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 6546 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 6547 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 6548 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 6549 }; 6550 6551 /** 6552 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 6553 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6554 * 6555 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6556 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 6557 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 6558 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 6559 * (flag attribute) 6560 * 6561 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 6562 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6563 */ 6564 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 6565 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6566 6567 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 6568 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 6569 6570 /* keep last */ 6571 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 6572 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 6573 }; 6574 6575 /** 6576 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 6577 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6578 * 6579 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6580 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 6581 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 6582 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 6583 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 6584 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 6585 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 6586 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 6587 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 6588 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 6589 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 6590 * (u64, usec) 6591 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 6592 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 6593 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 6594 * result. 6595 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 6596 * 6597 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 6598 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6599 */ 6600 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 6601 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6602 6603 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 6604 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 6605 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 6606 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 6607 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 6608 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6609 6610 /* keep last */ 6611 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 6612 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 6613 }; 6614 6615 /** 6616 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 6617 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6618 * 6619 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 6620 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 6621 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 6622 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6623 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6624 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 6625 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6626 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6627 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 6628 * 6629 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 6630 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6631 */ 6632 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 6633 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 6634 6635 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 6636 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 6637 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 6638 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 6639 6640 /* keep last */ 6641 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 6642 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 6643 }; 6644 6645 /** 6646 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 6647 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6648 * 6649 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 6650 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 6651 * measurements can be done with in a single request 6652 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 6653 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 6654 * measurement results 6655 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 6656 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 6657 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 6658 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 6659 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 6660 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 6661 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 6662 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 6663 * sub-attributes taken from 6664 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 6665 * 6666 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 6667 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6668 */ 6669 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 6670 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 6671 6672 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 6673 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 6674 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 6675 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 6676 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 6677 6678 /* keep last */ 6679 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 6680 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 6681 }; 6682 6683 /** 6684 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 6685 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6686 * 6687 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 6688 * is supported 6689 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 6690 * mode is supported 6691 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 6692 * data can be requested during the measurement 6693 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 6694 * location data can be requested during the measurement 6695 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 6696 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 6697 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 6698 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 6699 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 6700 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 6701 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 6702 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 6703 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 6704 * is valid) 6705 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 6706 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 6707 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 6708 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6709 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 6710 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6711 * 6712 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 6713 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6714 */ 6715 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 6716 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 6717 6718 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 6719 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 6720 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 6721 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 6722 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 6723 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 6724 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 6725 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6726 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 6727 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 6728 6729 /* keep last */ 6730 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 6731 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 6732 }; 6733 6734 /** 6735 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 6736 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6737 * 6738 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 6739 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 6740 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 6741 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 6742 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 6743 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6744 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 6745 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 6746 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 6747 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 6748 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6749 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 6750 * requested per burst 6751 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 6752 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 6753 * (u8, default 3) 6754 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 6755 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 6756 * (flag) 6757 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 6758 * measurement (flag). 6759 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 6760 * mutually exclusive. 6761 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 6762 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 6763 * ranging will be used. 6764 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based 6765 * ranging measurement (flag) 6766 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 6767 * mutually exclusive. 6768 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 6769 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 6770 * ranging will be used. 6771 * 6772 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 6773 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6774 */ 6775 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 6776 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6777 6778 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 6779 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 6780 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6781 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 6782 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6783 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6784 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 6785 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 6786 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 6787 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 6788 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 6789 6790 /* keep last */ 6791 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 6792 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 6793 }; 6794 6795 /** 6796 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 6797 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 6798 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 6799 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 6800 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 6801 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 6802 * try and get no response) 6803 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 6804 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 6805 * received 6806 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 6807 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 6808 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 6809 * by the peer and are no longer supported 6810 */ 6811 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 6812 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 6813 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 6814 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 6815 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 6816 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 6817 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 6818 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 6819 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 6820 }; 6821 6822 /** 6823 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 6824 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6825 * 6826 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 6827 * (u32, optional) 6828 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 6829 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 6830 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 6831 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 6832 * transmitted (u32, optional) 6833 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 6834 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 6835 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 6836 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 6837 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 6838 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6839 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 6840 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 6841 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 6842 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6843 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 6844 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6845 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 6846 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6847 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 6848 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 6849 * attributes) 6850 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 6851 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 6852 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 6853 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6854 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 6855 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6856 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 6857 * optional) 6858 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 6859 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6860 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 6861 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6862 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 6863 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 6864 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6865 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6866 * Type 8. 6867 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 6868 * (binary, optional); 6869 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6870 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6871 * Type 11. 6872 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 6873 * 6874 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 6875 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6876 */ 6877 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 6878 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6879 6880 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 6881 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 6882 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 6883 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 6884 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 6885 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6886 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6887 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6888 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 6889 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 6890 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 6891 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 6892 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 6893 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 6894 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 6895 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 6896 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 6897 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 6898 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6899 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6900 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6901 6902 /* keep last */ 6903 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 6904 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 6905 }; 6906 6907 /** 6908 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 6909 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6910 * 6911 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 6912 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 6913 * 6914 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6915 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 6916 */ 6917 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 6918 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 6919 6920 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 6921 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 6922 6923 /* keep last */ 6924 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 6925 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6926 }; 6927 6928 /** 6929 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 6930 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6931 * 6932 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 6933 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 6934 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 6935 * 6936 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6937 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 6938 */ 6939 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 6940 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 6941 6942 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 6943 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 6944 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 6945 6946 /* keep last */ 6947 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 6948 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6949 }; 6950 6951 /** 6952 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 6953 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6954 * 6955 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 6956 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 6957 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 6958 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 6959 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 6960 * 6961 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6962 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 6963 */ 6964 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 6965 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 6966 6967 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 6968 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 6969 6970 /* keep last */ 6971 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 6972 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6973 }; 6974 6975 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 6976